1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bool assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bool swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bool elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (startswith (name
, ".debug")
1088 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
1089 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.")
1090 || startswith (name
, ".zdebug"))
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (startswith (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
)
1093 || startswith (name
, ".note.gnu"))
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (startswith (name
, ".line")
1099 || startswith (name
, ".stab")
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.lto_.lto."))
1282 struct lto_section lsection
;
1283 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1284 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1285 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1291 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1293 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1294 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1295 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1298 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1299 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1300 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1301 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1302 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1303 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1304 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1305 function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
1307 bfd_reloc_status_type
1308 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1311 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 asection
*input_section
,
1314 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1316 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1317 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1318 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1319 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1321 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1322 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1325 /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
1326 relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
1327 targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
1328 ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
1329 sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
1330 to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
1331 sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
1332 doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
1333 if (output_bfd
== NULL
1334 && !reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
1335 && (symbol
->section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
1336 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
1337 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1339 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1342 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1343 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1344 should be the same. */
1347 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1348 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1350 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1351 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1352 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1353 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1355 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1356 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1358 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1361 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1362 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1363 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1364 to be the correct section. */
1367 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1368 const unsigned int hint
)
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1373 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1375 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1376 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1377 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1378 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1381 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1385 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1387 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1388 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1389 multiple matches ? */
1396 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1397 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1398 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1401 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1403 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1405 const unsigned int secnum
)
1407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1408 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1409 bool changed
= false;
1410 unsigned int sh_link
;
1412 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1414 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1415 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1416 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1417 matched up with the original.
1419 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1420 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1421 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1422 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1423 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1424 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1425 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1426 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1427 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1428 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1429 without any contents. */
1430 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1431 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1432 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1433 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1437 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1438 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1442 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1443 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1444 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1445 in the input bfd. */
1446 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1448 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1449 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1452 /* xgettext:c-format */
1453 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1454 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1458 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1459 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1461 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1465 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1466 if we could not find a match ? */
1468 /* xgettext:c-format */
1469 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1472 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1474 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1475 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1477 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1479 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1481 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1482 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1485 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1486 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1488 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1490 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1495 /* xgettext:c-format */
1496 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1502 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1506 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1508 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1510 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1513 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1514 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1517 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1520 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
1523 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1525 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1526 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1527 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1529 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1530 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1531 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1532 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1534 /* Copy object attributes. */
1535 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1537 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1540 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1542 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1543 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1548 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1549 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1550 files. See below for more details. */
1552 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1553 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1556 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1557 fields have already been initialised. */
1558 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1559 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1562 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1563 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1564 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1566 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1568 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1571 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1572 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1573 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1574 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1576 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1577 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1578 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1579 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1580 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1581 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1586 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1589 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1590 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1591 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1592 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1594 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1596 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1599 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1600 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1601 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1603 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1604 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1605 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1606 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1607 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1608 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1609 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1610 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1611 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1612 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1614 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1619 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1621 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1622 with a NULL input section. */
1623 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1632 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1637 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1638 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1639 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1640 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1641 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1642 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1643 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1644 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1645 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1646 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1647 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1648 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1653 /* Print out the program headers. */
1656 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1658 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1659 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1661 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1663 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1668 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1669 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1672 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1677 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1680 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1681 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1682 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1683 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1684 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1685 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1686 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1687 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1688 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1689 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1690 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1691 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1692 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1693 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1694 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1695 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1696 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1704 unsigned int elfsec
;
1705 unsigned long shlink
;
1706 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1708 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1710 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1712 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1715 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1716 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1718 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1720 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1721 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1724 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1725 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1730 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1732 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1733 const char *name
= "";
1736 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1738 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1740 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1747 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1748 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1750 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1752 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1757 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= true; break;
1758 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1759 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1760 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1761 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1762 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1763 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1764 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1765 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1766 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1767 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1770 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= true; break;
1771 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1772 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1773 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1774 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1775 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1776 case DT_RELR
: name
= "RELR"; break;
1777 case DT_RELRSZ
: name
= "RELRSZ"; break;
1778 case DT_RELRENT
: name
= "RELRENT"; break;
1779 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1780 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1781 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1782 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1783 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1784 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1785 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1786 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1787 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1788 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1789 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1790 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1791 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1792 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1793 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1794 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1795 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1796 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1797 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1798 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1799 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1800 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= true; break;
1801 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1802 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1803 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1804 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1805 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1806 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1807 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1808 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1809 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1810 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1811 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1812 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1813 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1814 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= true; break;
1815 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1816 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= true; break;
1817 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1820 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1824 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1829 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1831 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1834 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1843 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1844 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1846 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, false))
1850 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1852 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1854 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1855 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1857 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1858 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1859 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1865 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1869 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1875 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1877 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1879 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1880 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1882 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1884 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1885 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1887 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1888 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1889 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1900 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1901 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1904 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1908 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1909 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1910 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1912 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1914 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1915 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1918 version_string
= "";
1919 else if (vernum
== 1
1920 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1921 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1923 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1924 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1926 const char *nodename
1927 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1928 version_string
= "";
1931 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1932 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1933 version_string
= nodename
;
1937 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1939 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1940 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1944 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1946 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1948 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1951 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1958 return version_string
;
1961 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1964 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1967 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1969 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1972 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1973 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1975 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1976 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1977 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1978 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1980 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1982 const char *section_name
;
1983 const char *name
= NULL
;
1984 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1985 unsigned char st_other
;
1987 const char *version_string
;
1990 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1992 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1993 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1994 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1998 name
= symbol
->name
;
1999 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
2002 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2003 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2004 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2005 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2006 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2007 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2008 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2010 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2011 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2013 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2014 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2021 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2026 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2027 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2032 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2033 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2038 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2039 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2040 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2042 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2044 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2047 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2053 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2055 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2058 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2060 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2061 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2066 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2069 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2070 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2071 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2072 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2075 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = true;
2080 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2081 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2082 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2087 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2088 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2091 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2094 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2095 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2096 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2097 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2098 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2099 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2100 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2101 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2102 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2103 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2106 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2107 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2110 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2112 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2113 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2114 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2117 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2118 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2119 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2121 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2126 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2128 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2130 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2132 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2133 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2134 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2135 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2137 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2138 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2142 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2144 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2145 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2147 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2148 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2150 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2158 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2159 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2165 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2167 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2169 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2170 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2171 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2176 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2177 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2178 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2181 /* xgettext:c-format */
2182 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2183 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2187 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2188 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2189 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2190 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2192 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2193 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2194 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2195 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2196 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2198 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2199 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2200 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2204 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2205 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2206 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2208 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2209 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2211 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2212 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2215 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2216 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2218 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2220 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2221 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2226 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2228 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2230 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2231 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2236 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2237 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2241 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2242 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2248 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2250 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2253 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2254 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2255 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2260 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2261 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2262 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2265 /* xgettext:c-format */
2266 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2267 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2271 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2273 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2274 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2276 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2277 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2278 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2281 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2283 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2285 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2286 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2289 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2292 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2294 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2295 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2296 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2300 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2301 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2304 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2306 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2307 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2311 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2315 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2319 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2323 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2324 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2325 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2327 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2332 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2333 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2334 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2335 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2337 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2339 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2340 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2343 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2345 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2348 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2350 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2352 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2353 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2357 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2363 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2365 asection
*target_sect
;
2366 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2367 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2368 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2371 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
2372 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2373 else if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2374 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2376 size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
2377 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= size
)
2380 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2381 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2384 /* xgettext:c-format */
2385 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2386 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2387 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2392 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2393 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2394 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2395 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2396 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2397 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2398 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2400 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2401 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2402 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2403 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2409 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2411 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2412 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2423 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2426 /* Get the symbol table. */
2427 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2428 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2429 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2432 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2433 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2434 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2435 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2436 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2437 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2438 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2439 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2440 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2441 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2442 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2443 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2444 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2445 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2446 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2447 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2449 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2454 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2457 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2458 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2461 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2462 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2463 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2465 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2467 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2468 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2472 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2475 /* xgettext:c-format */
2476 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2477 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2478 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2481 esdt
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
2485 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2490 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2491 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2492 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2493 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2494 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2495 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2496 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2497 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2498 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2500 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2501 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2503 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2507 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2508 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2510 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2513 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2514 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2517 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2519 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2522 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2523 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2525 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2532 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2535 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2541 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2542 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2543 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2545 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2547 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2551 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2552 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2555 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2558 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2559 for applications? */
2561 /* xgettext:c-format */
2562 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2563 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2566 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2567 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2572 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2573 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2574 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2579 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2581 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2582 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2583 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2584 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2585 be rejected with an error message. */
2587 /* xgettext:c-format */
2588 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2589 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2592 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2593 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2598 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2600 /* xgettext:c-format */
2601 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2602 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = false;
2614 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2617 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2619 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2621 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2623 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2625 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2626 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2627 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2629 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2630 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2631 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2634 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2636 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2639 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2642 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2645 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2649 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2651 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2653 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2656 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2659 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2662 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2673 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2674 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2675 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2684 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2687 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2691 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2707 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2710 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2713 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2716 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2735 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2738 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent.bss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2741 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2742 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2744 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2747 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2749 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2750 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2753 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2756 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2758 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2759 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2761 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2762 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2763 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2764 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2767 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2769 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2772 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2775 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2777 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2778 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2781 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2784 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2786 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2787 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2788 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2790 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2791 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2792 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2793 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2796 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2798 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2800 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2802 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2803 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2804 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2810 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2813 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2814 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2815 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2821 len
= strlen (name
);
2823 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2826 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2828 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2830 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2833 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2834 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2836 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2838 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2840 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2841 && (suffix_len
== -2
2842 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2848 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2850 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2851 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2861 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2862 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2865 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2868 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2869 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2872 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2873 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2876 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2877 bed
->special_sections
,
2883 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2886 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2887 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2890 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2895 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2899 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2901 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2902 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2903 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2905 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2908 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2912 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2915 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2916 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2917 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2919 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2920 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2921 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2924 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2925 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2928 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2931 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2933 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2934 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2935 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2936 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2938 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2939 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2940 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2941 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2942 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2943 of combined data+bss.
2945 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2946 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2947 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2948 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2949 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2954 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2955 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2957 const char *type_name
)
2964 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2966 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2967 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2968 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2970 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2972 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2973 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2974 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2977 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2978 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2979 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2981 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2982 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2983 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2984 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2985 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2986 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2987 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2989 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2990 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2991 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2993 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2995 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2998 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3004 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3008 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3009 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3010 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3013 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3014 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3015 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3017 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3018 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3019 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3020 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3021 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3022 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3023 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3024 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3025 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3027 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3028 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3029 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3031 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3032 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3039 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3041 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3042 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3043 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3049 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3051 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3053 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3056 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3059 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3061 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3062 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3066 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3069 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3072 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3074 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3080 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3083 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3086 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3090 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3093 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3096 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3097 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3098 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3102 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3106 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3108 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3110 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3111 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3114 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3118 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3119 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3120 const char *sec_name
,
3123 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3124 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3128 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3130 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3132 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3138 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3139 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3140 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3144 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3145 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3146 const char *sec_name
,
3148 bool delay_st_name_p
)
3150 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3153 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3154 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3155 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3157 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3158 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3159 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3162 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3163 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3164 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3165 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3166 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3167 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3169 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3170 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3175 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3178 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3180 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3181 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3183 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3186 struct fake_section_arg
3188 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3192 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3195 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3197 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3198 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3199 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3200 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3201 unsigned int sh_type
;
3202 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3203 bool delay_st_name_p
= false;
3208 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3213 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3217 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3218 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3219 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3223 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3225 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3226 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3227 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3228 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3229 delay_st_name_p
= true;
3232 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3234 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3235 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3237 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3238 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3242 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3243 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3251 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3253 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3254 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3255 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3256 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3257 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3258 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3263 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3268 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3269 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3273 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3275 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3282 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3284 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3285 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3286 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3288 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3290 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3291 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3292 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3293 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3294 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3297 /* xgettext:c-format */
3298 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3299 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3303 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3304 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3305 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3306 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3307 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3308 copy_private_section_data. */
3310 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3311 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3313 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3315 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3316 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3318 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3320 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3321 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3322 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3323 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3324 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3326 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3327 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3328 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3329 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3331 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3332 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3335 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3346 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3347 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3348 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3353 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3357 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3361 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3365 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3366 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3370 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3371 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3374 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3375 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3378 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3379 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3380 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3381 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3383 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3386 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3387 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3390 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3391 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3392 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3393 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3395 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3396 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3398 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3399 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3403 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3407 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3411 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3412 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3419 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3420 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3422 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3423 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3428 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3429 if (asect
->size
== 0
3430 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3432 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3434 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3437 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3438 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3439 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3443 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3444 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3446 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3447 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3448 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3449 create the other. */
3450 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3452 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3455 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3456 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3457 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3458 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3460 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3461 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3462 false, delay_st_name_p
))
3467 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3468 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3469 true, delay_st_name_p
))
3475 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3477 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3487 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3488 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3489 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3490 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3496 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3498 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3499 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3500 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3504 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3505 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3506 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3507 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3510 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3512 bool *failedptr
= (bool *) failedptrarg
;
3513 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3517 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3519 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3524 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3526 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3528 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3530 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3531 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3535 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3537 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3538 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3543 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3545 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3547 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3549 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3550 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3551 set until all local symbols are output. */
3553 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3554 unsigned long symndx
;
3555 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3558 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3559 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3560 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3561 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3562 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3563 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3565 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3569 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3570 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3572 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3573 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3574 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3575 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3577 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3580 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3582 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3585 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3587 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3588 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3589 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3596 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3598 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3599 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3600 start of the input section group. */
3601 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3603 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3604 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3605 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3606 directives, not that it matters. */
3613 s
= s
->output_section
;
3615 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3617 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3618 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3620 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3622 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3623 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3625 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3629 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3631 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3632 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3634 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3639 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3641 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3647 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3652 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3653 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3654 relocations apply. */
3657 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3659 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3660 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3661 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3662 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3667 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3673 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3676 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3679 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3684 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3686 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3687 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3690 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3691 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3692 if (!startswith (name
, ".rel"))
3695 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3698 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3699 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3700 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3703 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3704 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3705 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3706 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3709 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3711 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3713 unsigned int section_number
;
3714 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3715 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3721 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3723 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3724 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3726 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3728 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3729 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3731 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3733 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3735 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3737 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3738 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3739 abfd
->section_count
--;
3742 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3745 /* Count relocations. */
3746 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3749 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3750 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3751 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3754 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3756 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3758 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3759 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3760 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3761 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3764 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3765 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3766 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3773 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3774 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3775 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3781 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3782 || (link_info
== NULL
3783 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3787 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3788 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3789 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3791 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3793 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3795 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3796 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3797 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3799 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3800 ".symtab_shndx", false);
3801 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3804 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3805 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3808 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3809 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3810 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3812 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3814 /* xgettext:c-format */
3815 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3816 abfd
, section_number
);
3820 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3821 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3823 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3825 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3826 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3827 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3830 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3831 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3832 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3834 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3838 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3840 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3843 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3844 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3846 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3847 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3848 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3849 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3851 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3852 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3855 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3859 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3861 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3862 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3863 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3864 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3865 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3867 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3869 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3870 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3871 the relocation entries apply. */
3872 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3874 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3875 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3876 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3878 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3880 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3881 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3882 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3885 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3886 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3888 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3889 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3890 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3891 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3892 section has been retained for some reason. */
3895 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3896 if (discarded_section (s
))
3900 /* xgettext:c-format */
3901 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3902 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3903 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3904 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3905 size as the discarded one. */
3906 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3914 /* Handle objcopy. */
3915 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3918 /* xgettext:c-format */
3919 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3920 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3921 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3925 s
= s
->output_section
;
3926 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3930 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3934 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3935 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3936 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3937 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3938 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3939 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3940 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3942 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3944 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3947 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3948 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3953 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3954 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3955 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3956 field to point to this section. */
3957 if (startswith (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3958 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3963 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3964 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3967 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3968 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3969 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3973 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3975 /* This is a .stab section. */
3976 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3983 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3984 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3985 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3986 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3990 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3993 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3994 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3995 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3996 the version strings. */
3997 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3998 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4000 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4005 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4006 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4007 this hash table or version table is for. */
4008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4010 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4014 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4018 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4019 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4020 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4026 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4028 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4029 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4030 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4031 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4033 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4034 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4035 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4038 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4039 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4040 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4041 the beginning of that array.
4043 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4046 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4047 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4049 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4051 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4053 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4054 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4055 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4057 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4060 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, false, false, false);
4063 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4065 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4068 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4071 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4076 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4077 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4080 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4082 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4087 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4090 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4091 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4094 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4097 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4098 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4099 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4100 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4101 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4102 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4103 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4104 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4105 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4108 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4109 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4112 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4114 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4115 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4116 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4117 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4118 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4119 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4120 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4121 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4128 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4132 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4134 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4135 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4139 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4140 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4141 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4143 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4144 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4146 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4147 decided to output. */
4148 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4150 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4152 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4154 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4155 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4157 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4159 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4160 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4162 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4166 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4167 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4169 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4171 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4175 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4176 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4177 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4178 at least in that case. */
4179 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4181 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4182 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4183 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4184 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4186 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4193 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4194 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4195 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4196 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4199 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4201 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4204 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4205 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4206 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4207 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4212 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4214 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4216 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4217 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4218 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4222 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4223 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4226 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4228 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4232 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4234 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4238 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4239 ELF data structure. */
4241 static inline file_ptr
4242 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4244 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4247 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4248 required section alignment. */
4251 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4255 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4256 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4257 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4258 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4259 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4260 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4261 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4265 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4266 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4267 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4270 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4271 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4273 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4274 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4276 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4277 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4280 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4283 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4284 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4285 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4287 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4290 fsargs
.failed
= false;
4291 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4292 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4296 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4299 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4300 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4301 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4302 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4306 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4307 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4309 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4314 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4316 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4321 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4322 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4323 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4324 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4325 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4326 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4327 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4328 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4329 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4330 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4331 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4333 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4341 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4343 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4344 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4346 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4348 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4349 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4350 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4351 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4354 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4355 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4357 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4359 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4361 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4362 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4364 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4367 abfd
->output_has_begun
= true;
4372 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4373 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4375 static bfd_size_type
4376 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4380 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4382 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4383 and one for data. */
4386 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4387 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4389 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4390 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4391 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4396 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4398 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4402 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4404 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4408 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4410 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4414 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4416 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4420 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4421 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4422 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4424 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4428 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4430 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4431 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4433 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4434 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4436 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4437 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4438 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4439 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4440 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4441 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4442 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4443 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4444 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4445 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4450 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4452 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4454 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4460 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4462 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4463 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4465 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4466 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4467 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4470 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4472 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4473 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4474 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4475 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4477 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4480 /* xgettext:c-format */
4481 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4482 "sh_info field: %d"),
4483 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4486 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4487 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4488 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4493 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4494 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4498 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4504 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4507 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4510 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4512 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4513 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4515 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4521 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4522 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4529 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4531 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4532 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4533 asection
**sections
,
4538 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4543 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4544 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4545 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4549 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4550 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4551 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4552 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4554 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4556 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4557 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4558 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4564 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4567 struct elf_segment_map
*
4568 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4570 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4572 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4573 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4577 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4579 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4584 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4587 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4588 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4589 bool remove_empty_load
)
4591 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4592 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4594 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4595 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4596 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4597 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4599 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4602 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4604 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4606 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4607 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4608 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4610 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4614 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4616 if (remove_empty_load
4617 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4619 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4625 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4626 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4628 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4635 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4636 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4638 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4641 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4644 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4645 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4646 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4649 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4652 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4654 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4658 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4659 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4662 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4663 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4665 bool phdr_in_segment
;
4668 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4669 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4670 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4671 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4673 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4674 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4675 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4677 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4679 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4680 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4681 if (sections
== NULL
)
4684 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4685 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4687 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4688 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4691 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4693 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4695 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4696 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4698 s
->target_index
= i
;
4701 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4702 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4703 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4706 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4709 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4711 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4712 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4713 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4714 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4715 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4718 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4720 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4721 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4723 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4725 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4726 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4727 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4728 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4729 been left for them. */
4730 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4732 /* Build the mapping. */
4736 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4737 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4739 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4740 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4742 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4743 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4747 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4749 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4750 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4751 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4755 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4756 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4760 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4768 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4769 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4770 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4776 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4778 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4781 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4782 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4784 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4785 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4786 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4787 program headers we will need. */
4788 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4790 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4791 bool separate_phdr
= false;
4793 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4795 && info
->separate_code
4796 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4798 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4799 thus not executable, and the first section is
4800 executable then put the file and program headers in
4801 their own PT_LOAD. */
4802 separate_phdr
= true;
4803 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4804 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4806 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4807 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4808 previous page if we can. */
4809 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4810 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4812 separate_phdr
= false;
4815 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4816 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4817 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4818 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4819 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4820 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4821 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4822 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4824 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4825 else if (separate_phdr
)
4827 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4830 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4832 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4833 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4836 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4840 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4847 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4850 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4852 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4853 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4854 new_segment
= false;
4856 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4858 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4859 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4863 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4864 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4866 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4867 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4870 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4871 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4872 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4874 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4875 pages onto the same memory page. */
4876 new_segment
= false;
4878 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4879 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4880 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4881 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4882 section can be included in the current segment. */
4883 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4884 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4885 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4886 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4888 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4889 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4892 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4893 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4895 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4896 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4897 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4898 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4901 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4903 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4904 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4905 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4906 new_segment
= false;
4908 else if (info
!= NULL
4909 && info
->separate_code
4910 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4915 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4917 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4923 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4924 new_segment
= false;
4927 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4928 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4930 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4932 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4938 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4940 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4943 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4944 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4948 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4949 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4951 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4958 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4963 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4969 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4970 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4972 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4975 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4977 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4978 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4979 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4981 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4989 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4992 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4999 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5000 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5001 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5002 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5003 in the output file. */
5004 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5006 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5007 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5010 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5013 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5015 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5016 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5017 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5018 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5025 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5026 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5027 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5031 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5035 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5036 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5039 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5040 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5044 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5050 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5051 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5055 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5058 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5059 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5060 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5065 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5066 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5068 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5070 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5072 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5075 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5078 while (i
< tls_count
)
5080 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5082 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5086 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5101 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5102 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5103 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5104 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5105 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5107 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5108 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5109 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5111 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5114 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5115 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5119 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5120 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5122 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5124 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5130 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5131 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5132 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5134 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5135 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5139 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5141 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5148 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5150 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5151 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5152 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5154 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5155 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5159 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5161 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5167 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5169 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5170 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5174 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5175 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5176 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5177 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5178 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5179 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5181 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5182 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5189 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5191 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5193 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5195 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5196 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5199 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5201 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5202 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5203 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5207 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5212 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5215 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5216 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5220 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5227 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5230 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5233 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5235 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5244 /* Sort sections by address. */
5247 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5249 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5250 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5251 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5253 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5254 place the section into a segment. */
5255 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5257 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5260 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5261 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5262 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5264 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5267 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5269 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5277 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5282 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5283 before others at the same address. */
5285 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5286 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5293 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5296 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5297 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5300 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5302 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5303 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5305 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5307 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5309 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5311 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5313 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5314 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5315 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5316 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5317 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5319 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5321 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5323 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5325 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5327 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5330 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5332 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5334 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5336 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5339 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5341 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5342 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5346 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5348 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5349 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5350 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5351 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5352 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5355 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5356 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5358 /* In other words, something like:
5360 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5361 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5362 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5363 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5365 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5367 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5370 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5372 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5373 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5375 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5379 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5382 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5387 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5388 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5389 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5390 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5391 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5392 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5394 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5395 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5399 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5400 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5401 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5407 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5412 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5414 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5417 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5422 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5423 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5427 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5428 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5430 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5431 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5432 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5433 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5434 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5435 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5436 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5437 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5439 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5440 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5442 if (link_info
== NULL
5443 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5447 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5452 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5453 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5457 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5458 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5459 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5462 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5464 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5467 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5471 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5472 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5473 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5474 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5479 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5483 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5484 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5485 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5486 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5487 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5489 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5490 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5491 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5492 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5493 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5494 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5495 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5499 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5501 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5502 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5503 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5504 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5505 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5506 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5508 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5509 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5511 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5512 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5513 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5518 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5522 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5524 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5525 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5527 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5530 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5531 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5532 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5533 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5534 position after the ELF file header. */
5535 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5536 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5538 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5539 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5541 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5547 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5548 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5550 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5553 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5556 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5557 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5558 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5559 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5560 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5561 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5563 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5564 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5567 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5569 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5571 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5572 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5573 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5576 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5578 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5579 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5581 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5582 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5583 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5584 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5585 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5586 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5587 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5589 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5590 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5592 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5594 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5595 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5596 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5597 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5599 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5601 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5603 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5606 no_contents
= false;
5608 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5611 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5612 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5614 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5618 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5620 unsigned int secalign
;
5622 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5623 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5624 align_power
= secalign
;
5626 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5627 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5628 align
= maxpagesize
;
5631 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5632 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5633 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5634 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5635 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5636 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5638 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5641 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5642 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5644 no_contents
= false;
5648 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5650 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5651 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5654 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5655 && bed
->no_page_alias
5656 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5657 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5658 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5659 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5663 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5664 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5665 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5666 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5667 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5668 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5669 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5670 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5675 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5676 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5677 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5679 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5682 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5683 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5688 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5689 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5690 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5691 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5693 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5695 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5697 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5698 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5699 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5703 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5704 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5705 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5708 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5709 " try linking with -N"),
5711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5715 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5719 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5722 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5723 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5724 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5728 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5730 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5732 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5733 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5734 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5736 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5738 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5741 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5742 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5743 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5746 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5748 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5749 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5750 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5751 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5752 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5753 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5754 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5755 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5758 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5762 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5763 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5765 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5770 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5771 without file contents somewhere within the first
5772 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5773 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5774 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5778 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5783 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5785 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5787 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5788 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5792 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5793 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5794 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5795 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5796 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5797 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5800 bfd_size_type align
;
5801 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5804 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5805 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5807 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5808 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5809 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5810 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5811 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5812 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5814 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5815 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5816 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5817 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5821 || p_end
< p_start
))
5824 /* xgettext:c-format */
5825 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5826 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5827 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5829 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5831 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5833 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5835 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5838 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5840 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5841 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5843 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5844 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5848 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5849 as would seem proper for their address when the
5850 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5851 doesn't really have any significance for
5852 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5853 relative to other sections. Historically we
5854 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5855 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5856 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5857 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5860 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5861 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5864 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5865 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5868 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5870 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5874 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5875 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5876 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5882 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5891 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5893 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5894 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5895 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5897 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5898 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5899 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5901 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5902 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5903 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5904 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5905 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5906 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5908 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5910 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5913 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5915 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5916 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5917 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5918 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5919 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5920 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5922 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5924 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5925 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5927 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5929 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5930 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5933 if (align
> p
->p_align
5934 && !m
->p_align_valid
5935 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5936 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5940 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5943 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5945 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5952 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5953 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5954 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5955 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5956 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5957 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5959 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5960 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5961 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5962 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5963 " by LOAD segment"),
5965 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5967 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5968 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5969 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5972 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5973 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5974 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5976 bool check_vma
= true;
5978 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5979 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5980 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5981 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5982 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5983 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5985 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5990 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5995 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5996 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5997 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5998 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
6001 /* xgettext:c-format */
6002 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
6004 print_segment_map (m
);
6010 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6012 if (link_info
!= NULL
6013 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6014 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6016 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6017 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6018 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6021 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6022 false, false, true);
6023 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6025 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6026 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6027 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6028 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6031 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6033 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6034 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6035 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6037 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6038 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6039 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6047 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6048 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6052 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6053 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6056 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6057 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6065 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6066 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6067 use heuristics instead. */
6070 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6072 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6079 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6083 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6084 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6085 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6086 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6087 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6094 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6095 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6098 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6099 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6103 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6104 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6105 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6106 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6108 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6109 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6111 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6112 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6114 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6115 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6116 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6117 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6118 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6123 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6124 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6125 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6126 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6127 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6128 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6130 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6131 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6132 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6133 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6134 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6135 so do not warn about them. */
6136 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6138 /* xgettext:c-format */
6139 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6141 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6143 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6144 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6145 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6146 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6149 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6151 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6154 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6155 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6156 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6157 not been decided. */
6158 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6159 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6160 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6161 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6162 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6163 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6164 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6165 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6166 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6167 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6169 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6171 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6173 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6174 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6175 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6176 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6178 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6180 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6183 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6185 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6186 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6187 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6188 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6189 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6191 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6193 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6195 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6196 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6207 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6208 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6211 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6213 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6215 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6217 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6219 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6220 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6221 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6223 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6229 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6230 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6232 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6241 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6242 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6243 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6244 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6245 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6247 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6248 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6249 In cases where the end does not match any
6250 loaded section (for instance is in file
6251 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6252 the end of loaded section contents. */
6253 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6254 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6256 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6257 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6258 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6259 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6260 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6262 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6264 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6273 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6275 (_("%pB: warning: unable to allocate any sections to PT_GNU_RELRO segment"),
6277 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6280 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6282 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6283 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6285 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6289 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6290 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6291 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6293 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6294 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6295 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6301 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6303 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6305 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6306 "and/or program header"),
6307 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6312 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6313 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6315 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6317 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6319 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6321 /* NB: p_memsz of the loadable PT_NOTE segment
6322 should be the same as p_filesz. */
6323 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
6324 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6325 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
6336 static elf_section_list
*
6337 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6339 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6345 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6346 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6347 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6349 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6350 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6351 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6352 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6353 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6354 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6355 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6356 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6358 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6361 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6362 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6364 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6365 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6366 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6369 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6370 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6373 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6378 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6379 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6381 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6382 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6383 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6384 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6389 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6390 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6391 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6393 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6394 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6395 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6396 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6397 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6398 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6399 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6400 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6401 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6403 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6406 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6409 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6410 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6414 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6415 assignment of sections to segments. */
6416 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6419 /* And for non-load sections. */
6420 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6424 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6427 /* Write out the program headers. */
6428 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6431 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6432 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6440 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6441 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6443 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6444 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6445 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6447 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6449 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6450 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6453 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6455 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6456 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6457 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6460 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6461 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6462 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6463 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6465 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6466 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6467 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6468 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6469 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6472 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6474 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6476 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6477 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6480 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6481 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6482 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6483 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6484 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6485 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6486 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6487 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6489 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6492 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6493 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6495 /* No program header, for now. */
6496 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6497 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6498 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6500 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6501 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6502 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6504 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6505 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", false);
6506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6507 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", false);
6508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6509 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", false);
6510 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6511 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6512 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6518 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6520 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6521 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6522 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6523 changed or the programs updated. */
6526 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6528 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6530 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6531 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6532 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6533 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6534 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6536 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6537 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6538 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6539 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6540 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6542 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6543 segments is non-zero. */
6545 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6550 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6551 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6554 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6560 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6562 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6564 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6565 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6566 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6569 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6571 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6572 bool is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6573 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6574 bool is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6577 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6579 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6581 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6582 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6584 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6585 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6589 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6590 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6592 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6593 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6595 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6596 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6600 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6601 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6604 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6606 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6608 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6610 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6615 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6620 /* Update section size and contents. */
6621 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6622 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6623 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6627 /* Update section size and contents. */
6628 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6629 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6632 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6639 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6641 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6642 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6643 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6644 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, true);
6646 /* Place the section headers. */
6647 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6648 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6649 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6650 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6651 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6652 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6658 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6660 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6661 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6663 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6664 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6666 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6667 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6669 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6670 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6671 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6672 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6674 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6675 already been written to the BFD. */
6676 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6678 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6682 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6685 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6689 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6692 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6693 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6694 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6696 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6697 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6698 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6699 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6700 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6702 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6704 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6706 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6707 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6712 /* Write out the section header names. */
6713 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6714 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6715 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6716 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6719 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6722 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6725 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6726 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6727 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6733 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6735 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6736 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6739 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6742 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6744 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6745 unsigned int sec_index
;
6747 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6748 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6749 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6751 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6752 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6753 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6754 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6755 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6756 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6758 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6760 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6761 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6763 int retval
= sec_index
;
6765 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6769 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6775 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6779 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6781 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6783 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6785 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6786 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6787 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6788 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6789 input sections rather than the output section. */
6790 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6791 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6792 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6797 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6798 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6799 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6800 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6801 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6802 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6803 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6806 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6810 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6811 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6813 /* xgettext:c-format */
6814 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6815 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6816 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6823 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6824 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6832 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6835 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6837 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6838 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6839 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6840 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6841 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6844 unsigned int num_segments
;
6845 bool phdr_included
= false;
6847 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6848 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6849 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6850 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6852 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6853 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6856 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6858 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6860 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6861 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6862 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6863 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6865 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6866 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6867 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6868 ? section->size : 0)
6870 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6871 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6872 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6873 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6874 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6875 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6877 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6878 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6879 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6880 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6881 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6882 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6883 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6885 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6886 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6887 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6888 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6889 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6890 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6891 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6893 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6895 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6897 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6901 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6902 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6903 p_memsz set to 0. */
6904 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6906 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6907 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6908 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6909 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6911 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6912 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6913 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6915 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6916 A section will be included if:
6917 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6918 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6919 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6921 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6922 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6923 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6924 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6925 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6926 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6927 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6928 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6929 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6930 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6931 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6932 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6933 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6934 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6935 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6936 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6937 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6938 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6939 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6940 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6941 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6942 || (segment->p_paddr \
6943 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6944 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6945 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6946 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6948 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6949 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6950 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6951 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6952 && section->output_section != NULL)
6954 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6955 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6956 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6958 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6959 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6960 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6961 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6962 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6964 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6965 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6966 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6967 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6968 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6970 /* Initialise the segment mark field, and discard stupid alignment. */
6971 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6973 asection
*o
= section
->output_section
;
6974 if (o
!= NULL
&& o
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
6975 o
->alignment_power
= 0;
6976 section
->segment_mark
= false;
6979 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6980 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6981 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6982 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6983 p_paddr_valid
= false;
6984 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6987 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6989 p_paddr_valid
= true;
6993 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6994 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6995 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6996 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6997 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7002 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
7004 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
7005 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
7006 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
7008 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
7009 assignment code will work. */
7010 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
7014 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7016 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
7017 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
7018 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7022 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
7023 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
7025 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7027 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7028 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7031 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7032 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7034 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7036 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7037 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7039 if (extra_length
> 0)
7041 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7042 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7045 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7047 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7049 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7054 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7056 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7057 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7059 if (extra_length
> 0)
7061 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7062 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7065 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7070 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7071 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7075 unsigned int section_count
;
7076 asection
**sections
;
7077 asection
*output_section
;
7079 asection
*matching_lma
;
7080 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7083 asection
*first_section
;
7085 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7088 first_section
= NULL
;
7089 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7090 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7092 section
= section
->next
)
7094 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7095 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7096 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7098 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7099 first_section
= section
;
7100 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7105 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7106 all of the sections we have selected. */
7107 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7108 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7109 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7113 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7114 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7116 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7117 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7118 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7120 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7121 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7123 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7125 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7126 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7127 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7128 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7131 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7132 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7134 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7136 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7137 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7140 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7141 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7142 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7143 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7144 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7146 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7148 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7149 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7150 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7151 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7152 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7154 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7155 phdr_included
= true;
7158 if (section_count
== 0)
7160 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7161 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7162 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7163 a warning is produced.
7164 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7165 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7166 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7167 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7168 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7169 /* xgettext:c-format */
7171 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7172 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7173 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7175 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7177 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7178 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7183 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7184 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7185 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7186 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7188 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7189 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7192 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7193 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7194 of the first section.
7196 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7197 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7198 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7199 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7200 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7202 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7203 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7204 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7205 or segments to contain the other sections.
7207 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7208 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7209 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7211 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7212 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7213 if (sections
== NULL
)
7216 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7217 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7218 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7219 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7220 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7223 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7224 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7226 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7228 section
= section
->next
)
7230 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7232 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7234 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7236 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7237 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7238 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7239 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7241 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7242 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7244 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7245 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7246 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7247 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7248 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7249 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7251 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7252 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7253 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7255 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7256 LMA address of the output section. */
7257 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7259 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7260 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7261 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7263 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7264 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7265 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7267 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7268 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7270 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7272 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7273 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7275 if (j
== section_count
)
7280 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7282 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7284 if (isec
== section_count
)
7286 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7287 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7288 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7289 program header in the input BFD. */
7290 map
->count
= section_count
;
7291 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7292 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7295 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7297 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7298 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7299 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7300 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7301 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7303 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7305 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7306 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7314 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7315 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7316 section fitted, the first section. */
7317 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7318 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7320 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7322 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7323 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7324 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7326 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7328 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7329 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7330 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7331 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7332 offset when we know the correct value. */
7333 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7334 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7337 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7339 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7340 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7341 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7342 first section lma, but there may have been some
7343 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7344 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7345 the same alignment. */
7346 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7347 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7348 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7352 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7353 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7354 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7355 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7356 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7357 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7363 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7365 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7366 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7368 section
= sections
[j
];
7370 if (section
== NULL
)
7373 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7375 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7377 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7379 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7381 if (map
->count
== 0)
7383 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7384 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7386 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7387 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7388 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7389 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7390 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7392 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7393 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7400 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7402 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7403 and the start of this section is more than
7404 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7405 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7407 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7408 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7409 > output_section
->lma
))
7411 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7412 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7418 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7421 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7422 section
->segment_mark
= true;
7424 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7425 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7428 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7429 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7430 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7431 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7432 So allow a count of zero. */
7434 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7435 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7436 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7438 if (isec
< section_count
)
7440 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7441 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7442 and carry on looping. */
7443 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7444 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7445 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7452 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7453 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7454 not yet been assigned. */
7456 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7457 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7458 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7459 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7460 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7461 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7462 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7471 while (isec
< section_count
);
7476 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7478 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7479 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7480 the offset if necessary. */
7481 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7485 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7488 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7489 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7490 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7492 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7493 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7496 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7497 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7504 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7505 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7507 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7508 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7509 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7510 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7511 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7512 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7516 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7519 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7521 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7522 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7523 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7524 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7525 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7527 unsigned int num_segments
;
7528 bool phdr_included
= false;
7530 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7532 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7535 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7537 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7538 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7539 p_paddr_valid
= false;
7540 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7541 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7544 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7546 p_paddr_valid
= true;
7550 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7555 unsigned int section_count
;
7557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7558 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7559 asection
*lowest_section
;
7561 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7562 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7564 section
= section
->next
)
7566 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7567 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7569 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7570 first_section
= section
;
7575 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7576 all of the sections we have selected. */
7577 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7578 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7579 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7583 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7586 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7587 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7588 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7589 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7590 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7591 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7592 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7593 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7595 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7596 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7598 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7599 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7600 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7601 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7602 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7604 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7605 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7608 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7609 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7610 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7611 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7613 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7614 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7616 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7617 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7618 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7619 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7620 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7622 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7623 phdr_included
= true;
7626 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7627 if (section_count
!= 0)
7629 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7631 for (section
= first_section
;
7633 section
= section
->next
)
7635 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7636 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7638 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7639 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7643 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7644 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7645 lowest_section
= section
;
7647 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7648 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7649 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7650 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7652 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7653 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7655 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7656 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7657 map
->p_paddr_valid
= false;
7659 if (isec
== section_count
)
7665 if (section_count
== 0)
7666 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7667 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7669 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7670 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7671 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7672 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7673 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7674 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7676 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7677 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7680 map
->count
= section_count
;
7681 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7682 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7685 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7689 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7693 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7695 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7697 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7698 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7701 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7704 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7706 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7707 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7708 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7709 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7710 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7712 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7714 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7716 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7717 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7720 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7721 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7722 section
= section
->next
)
7723 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7725 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7726 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7730 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7731 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7732 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7733 map in this case. */
7734 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7735 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7736 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7739 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7740 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7742 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7743 from the input BFD. */
7744 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7746 osec
->segment_mark
= true;
7748 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7749 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7750 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7752 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7753 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7755 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7756 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7757 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7758 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7759 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7760 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7766 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7768 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7769 section
= section
->next
)
7771 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7774 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7777 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7782 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7784 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7785 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7786 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7788 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7790 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7793 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7794 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7796 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7797 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7798 /* xgettext:c-format */
7799 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7800 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7801 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7803 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7806 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7807 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7809 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7812 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7815 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7819 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7822 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7823 bool final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7824 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7826 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7827 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7830 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7832 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7833 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7834 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7835 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7836 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7837 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7838 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7839 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7840 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7841 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7842 are different the user may be doing something like
7843 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7844 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7845 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7846 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7848 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7849 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7850 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7852 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7853 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7854 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7856 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7857 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7858 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7859 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7860 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7862 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7863 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7864 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7865 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7866 if ((link_info
== NULL
7867 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7868 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7869 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7871 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7872 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7873 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7874 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7877 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7878 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7879 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7882 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7884 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7885 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7886 may be NULL at this point. */
7887 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7889 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7890 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7891 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7894 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7899 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7900 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7903 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7910 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7911 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7914 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7915 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7917 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7919 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7920 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7921 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7922 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7923 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7925 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7929 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7930 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7931 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7932 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7933 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7937 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7941 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7942 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7944 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7945 asection
*s
= first
;
7946 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7950 /* If this member section is being output but the
7951 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7952 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7953 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7954 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7956 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7957 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7961 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7962 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7963 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7965 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7966 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7969 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7970 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7972 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7973 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7978 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7980 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7981 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7983 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7984 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7988 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7994 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7996 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7997 adjust the input section size. */
7998 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7999 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
8000 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
8001 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
8004 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8007 else if (isec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8009 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
8011 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
8012 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
8014 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
8015 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8024 /* Copy private header information. */
8027 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8029 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8030 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8033 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8034 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8035 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8036 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8037 already been worked out. */
8038 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8040 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8044 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8047 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8048 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8049 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8050 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8051 swap_out_syms function. */
8053 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8054 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8055 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8056 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8057 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8060 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8065 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8067 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8068 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8071 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8072 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8075 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8077 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8081 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8082 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8083 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8084 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8085 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8086 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8088 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8089 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8090 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8091 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8092 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8098 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8101 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8102 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8104 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8107 unsigned int symcount
;
8109 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8111 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8113 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8114 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8115 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8116 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8118 unsigned int num_locals
;
8120 bool name_local_sections
;
8122 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8125 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8126 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8130 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8131 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8132 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8133 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8134 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8135 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8136 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8137 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8139 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8140 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8142 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8143 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8144 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8147 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8151 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8152 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8158 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8161 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8162 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8164 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8166 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8168 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8169 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8171 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8172 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8174 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8175 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8178 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8179 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8180 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8181 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8182 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8184 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8187 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8189 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8190 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8196 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8197 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8198 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8199 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8200 outbound_syms_index
++;
8204 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8205 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8207 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8208 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8210 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8211 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8212 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8213 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8216 if (!name_local_sections
8217 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8219 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8220 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8224 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8225 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8227 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8229 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8233 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8235 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8236 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8238 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8239 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8240 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8241 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8242 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8243 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8244 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8246 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8247 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8248 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8252 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8255 if (sec
->output_section
)
8257 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8258 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8261 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8262 if (! relocatable_p
)
8264 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8265 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8267 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8269 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8271 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8272 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8273 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8274 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8278 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8281 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8284 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8287 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8290 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8291 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8298 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8300 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8301 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8302 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8306 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8307 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8308 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8317 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8319 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8323 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8324 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8325 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8326 demand of applications. For example, it
8327 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8328 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8329 actually in the output file. */
8330 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8332 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8333 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8335 /* xgettext:c-format */
8337 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8338 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8339 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8341 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8347 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8350 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8352 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8353 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8354 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8356 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8358 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8360 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8365 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8368 /* Processor-specific types. */
8369 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8370 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8371 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8372 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8374 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8376 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8377 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8379 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8381 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8383 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8385 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8386 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8387 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8389 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8390 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8392 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8394 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8395 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8399 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8400 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8403 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8405 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8407 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8408 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8409 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8411 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8414 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8417 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8419 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8420 sym
.st_target_internal
8421 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8426 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8430 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8431 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8433 outbound_syms_index
++;
8436 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8437 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8439 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8440 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8442 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8443 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8444 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8446 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8447 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8448 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8449 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8452 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8454 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8456 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8457 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8458 NPTR_ADD (outbound_shndx
,
8460 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8465 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8466 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8467 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8468 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8469 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8470 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8471 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8472 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8477 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8479 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8480 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8481 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8484 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8486 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8488 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8490 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8491 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8496 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8498 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8499 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8501 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8503 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8505 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8514 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8516 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8520 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8522 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8526 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8527 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8532 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8534 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8535 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8537 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8539 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8550 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8552 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8554 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8555 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8557 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8558 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8560 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8562 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8567 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8568 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8574 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1L) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8577 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8580 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8589 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, false))
8592 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8593 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8594 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8598 return section
->reloc_count
;
8602 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8605 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, false);
8608 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8613 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8614 asymbol
**allocation
)
8616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8617 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, true);
8620 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8624 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8625 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8626 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8627 dynamic reloc section. */
8630 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8632 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8635 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8637 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8643 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8644 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8645 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8646 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8648 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8649 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8654 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8655 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8661 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8663 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8664 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8665 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8671 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8674 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8675 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8676 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8677 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8678 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8679 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8680 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8683 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8687 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
8691 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8697 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8699 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8701 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8702 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8703 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8708 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, true))
8710 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8712 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8723 /* Read in the version information. */
8726 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bool default_imported_symver
)
8728 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8729 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8732 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8735 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8736 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8738 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8740 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8742 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8743 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8745 error_return_bad_verref
:
8747 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8749 error_return_verref
:
8750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8755 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8756 goto error_return_verref
;
8757 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8758 if (contents
== NULL
)
8759 goto error_return_verref
;
8761 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8764 goto error_return_verref
;
8766 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8767 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8768 goto error_return_verref
;
8770 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8771 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8772 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8773 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8774 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8775 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8777 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8778 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8781 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8783 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8785 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8788 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8789 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8791 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8792 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8795 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8796 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8799 goto error_return_verref
;
8801 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8802 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8803 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8804 goto error_return_verref
;
8807 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8808 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8809 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8811 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8812 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8813 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8814 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8816 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8818 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8819 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8820 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8821 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8822 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8824 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8825 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8827 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8828 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8830 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8833 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8834 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8836 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8837 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8838 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8840 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8841 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8844 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8845 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8847 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8848 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8850 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8851 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8852 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8854 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8855 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8857 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8863 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8866 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8867 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8868 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8869 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8871 unsigned int maxidx
;
8872 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8874 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8876 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8878 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8880 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8881 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8882 error_return_verdef
:
8883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8884 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8888 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8889 goto error_return_verdef
;
8890 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8891 if (contents
== NULL
)
8892 goto error_return_verdef
;
8894 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8895 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8896 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8897 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8898 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8899 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8901 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8902 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8904 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8906 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8908 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8910 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8911 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8912 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8913 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8915 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8918 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8919 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8920 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8922 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8923 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8926 if (default_imported_symver
)
8928 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8933 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8936 goto error_return_verdef
;
8938 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8939 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8940 goto error_return_verdef
;
8942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8944 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8945 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8946 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8948 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8949 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8952 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8954 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8955 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8957 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8958 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8960 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8962 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8963 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8966 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8967 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8970 goto error_return_verdef
;
8972 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8973 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8974 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8975 goto error_return_verdef
;
8979 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8980 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8982 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8983 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8984 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8985 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8987 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8989 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8990 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8991 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8992 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8993 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8995 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8996 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8998 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
9001 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
9002 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
9004 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
9005 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
9006 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
9008 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
9009 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
9012 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
9013 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
9014 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
9016 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9017 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
9019 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
9020 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
9022 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
9023 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
9029 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9036 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9038 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9041 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9042 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9048 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9049 if (default_imported_symver
)
9051 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9052 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9054 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9056 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9057 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9058 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9059 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9061 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9063 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9064 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9065 goto error_return_verdef
;
9066 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9067 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9068 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9069 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9070 goto error_return_verdef
;
9072 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9073 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9084 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9086 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9088 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9091 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9092 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9096 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9100 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9103 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9104 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9108 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9111 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9112 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9115 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9116 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9117 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9120 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9121 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9122 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9123 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9124 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9125 we treat such symbols as local. */
9126 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9129 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9130 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9131 These labels have the form:
9133 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9135 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9137 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9138 so we only need to match the rest. */
9139 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9145 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9147 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9149 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9150 /* A fake symbol. */
9153 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9154 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9155 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9156 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9157 other than some kind of local ? */
9174 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9175 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9182 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9183 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9184 unsigned long machine
)
9186 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9187 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9188 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9189 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9190 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9193 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9196 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9197 for error reporting. */
9200 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9204 const char **filename_ptr
,
9205 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9206 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9207 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9211 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9212 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9213 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9214 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9215 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9218 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9219 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9221 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9222 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9223 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9228 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9229 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9230 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9231 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9233 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9236 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9239 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9240 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9247 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9250 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9251 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9253 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9254 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9255 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9256 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9259 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9260 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9261 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9262 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9263 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9266 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9267 const char **filename_ptr
,
9268 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9269 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9272 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9273 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9274 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9279 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9281 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9282 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9284 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9286 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9288 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9290 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9293 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9294 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9297 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9300 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9308 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9310 const void *location
,
9312 bfd_size_type count
)
9314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9317 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9318 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9324 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9325 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9327 unsigned char *contents
;
9329 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9330 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9334 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9337 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9339 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9343 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9346 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9349 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9353 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9354 if (contents
== NULL
)
9357 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9364 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9368 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9369 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9370 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9377 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9378 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9385 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9388 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9390 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9392 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9394 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9395 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9397 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9398 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9400 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9402 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9405 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9408 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9411 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9414 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9417 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9420 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9426 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9428 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9430 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9431 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9433 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9438 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9444 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9447 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9450 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9453 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9456 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9462 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9466 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9474 /* xgettext:c-format */
9475 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9476 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9482 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9484 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9486 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9487 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9489 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9490 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9491 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9494 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9497 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9498 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9499 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9502 bfd_reloc_status_type
9503 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9504 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9505 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9506 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9507 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9509 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9512 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9513 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9514 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9515 out details about the corefile. */
9517 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9518 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9521 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9522 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9525 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9529 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9531 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9536 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9537 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9538 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9542 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9546 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9549 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9553 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9554 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9555 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9559 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9560 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9561 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9562 such a section already exists.
9563 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9564 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9565 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9567 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9573 char *threaded_name
;
9577 /* Build the section name. */
9579 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9580 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9581 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9582 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9584 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9586 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9591 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9592 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9594 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9598 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9601 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9607 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9608 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9609 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9614 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9616 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9620 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9623 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9628 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9632 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9633 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9634 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9636 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9637 has already been set by another thread. */
9638 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9640 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9643 /* pr_who exists on:
9646 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9649 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9650 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9652 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9655 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9656 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9658 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9659 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9661 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9662 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9663 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9665 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9666 has already been set by another thread. */
9667 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9669 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9670 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9672 /* pr_who exists on:
9675 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9678 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9681 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9684 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9687 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9688 note size (ie. data object type). */
9692 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9693 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9694 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9696 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9698 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9700 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9702 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9704 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9705 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9708 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9709 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9710 data structure apart. */
9713 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9718 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9719 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9723 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9725 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9728 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9729 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9730 contents literally. */
9733 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9739 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9741 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9745 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9751 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9757 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9763 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9765 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9769 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9775 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9781 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9787 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9793 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9799 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9805 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9807 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9811 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9813 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9817 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9823 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9825 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9829 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9831 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9835 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9837 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9841 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9843 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9847 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9849 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9853 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9859 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9865 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9867 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9871 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9873 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9877 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9879 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9883 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9885 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9889 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9891 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9895 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9897 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9901 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9903 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9907 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9909 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9913 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9915 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9919 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9925 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9927 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9931 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9937 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9939 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9943 elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9945 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-mte",
9950 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9952 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9955 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
9956 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9959 elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-riscv-csr", note
);
9964 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
9965 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9968 elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9970 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".gdb-tdesc", note
);
9974 elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9976 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg", note
);
9980 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9982 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt", note
);
9986 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9988 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx", note
);
9992 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx", note
);
9997 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9998 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9999 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
10000 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
10004 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10005 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
10006 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
10007 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
10011 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
10012 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
10013 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
10016 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
10019 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
10027 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
10031 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
10037 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10039 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10041 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
10043 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
10045 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10047 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
10048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10050 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10051 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10052 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10054 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10055 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10056 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10058 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10059 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
10061 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10062 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
10064 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10066 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
10067 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10069 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10070 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10071 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10074 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10075 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10081 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10082 note size (ie. data object type). */
10086 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10087 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10088 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10091 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10092 int n
= strlen (command
);
10094 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10095 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10100 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10102 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10104 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10106 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10107 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10108 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10114 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10118 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10119 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10121 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10124 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10126 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10129 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10130 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10131 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10135 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10137 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10139 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10141 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10147 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10148 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10149 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10154 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10156 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10157 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10159 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10160 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10162 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10164 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10165 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10166 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10169 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10171 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10175 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10176 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10177 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10178 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10181 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10182 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10183 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10186 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10188 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10191 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10193 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10194 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10195 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10198 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10200 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10204 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10205 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10206 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10207 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10210 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10211 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10212 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10215 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10217 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10219 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10221 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10222 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10223 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10224 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10225 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10226 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10229 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10234 unsigned int name_size
;
10237 int is_active_thread
;
10240 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10243 if (! startswith (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10246 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10250 const char *type_name
;
10251 unsigned long min_size
;
10254 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10255 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10256 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10257 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10260 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10263 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10265 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10266 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10272 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10273 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10275 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10278 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10279 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10281 /* thread_info.tid */
10282 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10284 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10285 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10289 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10291 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10295 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10296 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10297 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10298 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10299 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10301 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10302 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10304 if (is_active_thread
)
10305 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10309 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10310 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10311 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10312 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10314 /* module_info.base_address */
10315 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10316 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10317 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10318 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10320 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10322 /* module_info.base_address */
10323 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10324 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10325 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10326 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10329 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10330 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10334 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10336 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10341 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10343 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10344 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10348 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10349 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10350 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10361 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10363 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10365 switch (note
->type
)
10371 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10372 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10374 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10375 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10380 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10382 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10385 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10387 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10390 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10391 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10393 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10394 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10396 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10397 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10398 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10399 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10403 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10404 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10405 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10406 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10411 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10412 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10413 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10418 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10419 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10420 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10425 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10426 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10427 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10432 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10433 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10434 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10439 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10440 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10441 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10446 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10447 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10448 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10453 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10454 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10455 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10459 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10460 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10461 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10462 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10466 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10467 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10468 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10469 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10473 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10474 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10475 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10476 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10480 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10481 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10482 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10483 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10487 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10488 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10489 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10490 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10494 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10495 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10496 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10497 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10501 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10502 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10503 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10504 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10508 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10509 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10510 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10511 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10515 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10516 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10517 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10518 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10522 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10523 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10524 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10525 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10529 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10530 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10531 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10532 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10536 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10537 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10538 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10539 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10544 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10545 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10546 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10550 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10551 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10552 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10553 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10557 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10558 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10559 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10560 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10564 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10565 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10566 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10567 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10572 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10573 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10574 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10578 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10579 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10580 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10581 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10585 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10586 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10587 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10588 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10592 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10593 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10594 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10595 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10599 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10600 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10601 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10602 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10607 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10608 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10609 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10614 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10615 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10616 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10621 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10622 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10623 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10627 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10628 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10629 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10630 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10634 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10635 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10636 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10637 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10642 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10643 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10644 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10648 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10649 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10650 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10651 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10655 case NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
:
10656 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10657 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10658 return elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (abfd
, note
);
10663 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10664 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10665 return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, note
);
10670 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10671 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10672 return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd
, note
);
10676 case NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
:
10677 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10678 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10679 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, note
);
10684 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10685 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10686 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, note
);
10691 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10692 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10693 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, note
);
10697 case NT_LARCH_LASX
:
10698 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10699 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10700 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, note
);
10706 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10707 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10709 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10710 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10716 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10730 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10732 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10734 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10737 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10738 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10741 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10742 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10743 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10749 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10751 switch (note
->type
)
10756 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10757 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10759 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10760 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10765 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10767 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10768 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10769 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10771 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10772 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10773 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10781 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10783 switch (note
->type
)
10786 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10794 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10798 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10801 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10806 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10814 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10815 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10820 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10821 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10825 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10829 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10830 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10831 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10834 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10835 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10836 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10839 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10842 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10843 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10847 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10853 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10859 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10860 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10861 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10865 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10869 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10870 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10877 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10880 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10881 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10884 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10885 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10886 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10888 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10893 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10897 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10900 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10901 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10903 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10906 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10908 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10911 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10912 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10915 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10916 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10919 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10920 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10921 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10925 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10929 switch (note
->type
)
10932 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10933 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10935 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10938 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10941 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10943 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10944 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10945 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10949 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10950 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10953 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10957 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10958 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10961 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10962 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10964 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10965 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10966 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10970 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10971 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10975 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10983 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10987 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10990 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10997 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10999 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
11002 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11003 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11004 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11006 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
11007 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11008 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
11010 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11011 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11012 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
11014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
11019 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11023 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
11024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
11026 switch (note
->type
)
11028 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
11029 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
11030 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
11031 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
11032 creates a core file. */
11033 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11034 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
11035 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
11036 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
11037 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
11038 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
11039 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
11045 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
11046 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
11047 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
11050 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
11054 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
11056 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
11057 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
11059 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
11060 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
11061 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
11062 switch (note
->type
)
11064 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
11065 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11067 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
11068 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11074 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
11075 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
11076 structure which lacks GBR. */
11079 switch (note
->type
)
11081 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11082 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11084 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
11085 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11091 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
11092 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
11095 switch (note
->type
)
11097 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
11098 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11100 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11101 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11111 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11113 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
11116 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11117 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11118 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11120 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
11121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11122 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
11124 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11125 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11126 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11131 /* Processes Solaris's process status note.
11132 sig_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_cursig)
11133 pid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_pid)
11134 lwpid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_who)
11135 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11136 gregset_offset ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg) */
11139 elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
, int sig_off
,
11140 int pid_off
, int lwpid_off
, size_t gregset_size
,
11141 size_t gregset_offset
)
11143 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11144 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11145 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ sig_off
);
11146 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11147 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ pid_off
);
11148 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11149 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ lwpid_off
);
11151 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11153 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11155 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11156 note
->descpos
+ gregset_offset
);
11159 /* Gets program and arguments from a core.
11160 prog_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_fname)
11161 comm_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_psargs) */
11164 elfcore_grok_solaris_info(bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11165 int prog_off
, int comm_off
)
11167 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
11168 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ prog_off
, 16);
11169 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11170 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ comm_off
, 80);
11175 /* Processes Solaris's LWP status note.
11176 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11177 gregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)
11178 fpregset_size ~ sizeof(fpregset_t)
11179 fpregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg) */
11182 elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11183 size_t gregset_size
, int gregset_off
,
11184 size_t fpregset_size
, int fpregset_off
)
11186 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11187 char reg2_section_name
[16] = { 0 };
11189 (void) snprintf (reg2_section_name
, 16, "%s/%i", ".reg2",
11190 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
);
11192 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_lwpid) */
11193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11194 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11195 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_cursig) */
11196 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11197 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
11199 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11201 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11202 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11203 note
->descpos
+ gregset_off
))
11206 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, reg2_section_name
);
11209 sect
->size
= fpregset_size
;
11210 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
;
11211 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11213 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", fpregset_size
,
11214 note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
))
11221 elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11226 /* core files are identified as 32- or 64-bit, SPARC or x86,
11227 by the size of the descsz which matches the sizeof()
11228 the type appropriate for that note type (e.g., prstatus_t for
11229 SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS) for the corresponding architecture
11230 on Solaris. The core file bitness may differ from the bitness of
11231 gdb itself, so fixed values are used instead of sizeof().
11232 Appropriate fixed offsets are also used to obtain data from
11235 switch ((int) note
->type
)
11237 case SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS
:
11238 switch (note
->descsz
)
11240 case 508: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11241 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11242 136, 216, 308, 152, 356);
11243 case 904: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11244 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11245 264, 360, 520, 304, 600);
11246 case 432: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11247 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11248 136, 216, 308, 76, 356);
11249 case 824: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11250 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11251 264, 360, 520, 224, 600);
11256 case SOLARIS_NT_PSINFO
:
11257 case SOLARIS_NT_PRPSINFO
:
11258 switch (note
->descsz
)
11260 case 260: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11261 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 84, 100);
11262 case 328: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11263 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 120, 136);
11264 case 360: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11265 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 88, 104);
11266 case 440: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11267 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 136, 152);
11272 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSTATUS
:
11273 switch (note
->descsz
)
11275 case 896: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11276 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11277 152, 344, 400, 496);
11278 case 1392: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11279 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11280 304, 544, 544, 848);
11281 case 800: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11282 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11283 76, 344, 380, 420);
11284 case 1296: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11285 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11286 224, 544, 528, 768);
11291 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSINFO
:
11292 /* sizeof(lwpsinfo_t) on 32- and 64-bit, respectively */
11293 if (note
->descsz
== 128 || note
->descsz
== 152)
11294 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
=
11295 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11305 /* For name starting with "CORE" this may be either a Solaris
11306 core file or a gdb-generated core file. Do Solaris-specific
11307 processing on selected note types first with
11308 elfcore_grok_solaris_note(), then process the note
11309 in elfcore_grok_note(). */
11312 elfcore_grok_solaris_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11314 if (!elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (abfd
, note
))
11317 return elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, note
);
11321 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11323 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11324 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11326 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11327 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11329 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11330 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11332 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11333 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11335 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11336 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11338 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11340 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11345 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11346 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11347 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11356 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11358 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11365 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11368 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11369 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11371 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11372 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11374 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11375 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11377 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11378 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11380 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11381 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11384 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11385 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11386 thread just in case. */
11387 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11390 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11391 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11393 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11396 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11398 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11402 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11403 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11404 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11406 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11410 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11411 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11419 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11420 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11422 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11425 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11427 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11431 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11432 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11433 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11435 /* This is the current thread. */
11436 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11437 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11442 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11443 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11444 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11445 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11448 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11450 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11451 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11453 static long tid
= 1;
11455 switch (note
->type
)
11457 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11458 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11459 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11460 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11461 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11462 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11463 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11464 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11471 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11477 /* Use note name as section name. */
11478 len
= note
->namesz
;
11479 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11482 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11483 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11485 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11489 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11490 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11491 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11496 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11499 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11503 size of data for note
11505 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11506 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11507 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11508 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11511 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11514 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11522 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11529 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11531 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11533 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11536 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11537 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11538 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11539 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11540 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11541 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11545 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11553 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11563 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11564 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11565 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11566 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11567 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11568 be NULL terminated.
11569 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11570 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11571 the finer control available with later versions.
11572 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11573 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11574 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11575 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11576 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11577 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11578 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11581 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11585 const char *psargs
)
11587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11589 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11592 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11593 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11598 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11599 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11600 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11602 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11604 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11607 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11610 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11611 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11612 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11614 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11619 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11621 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11624 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11627 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11628 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11629 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11630 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11631 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11633 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11638 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11639 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11643 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11644 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11645 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11647 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11649 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11651 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11653 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11657 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11659 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11660 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11661 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11666 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11667 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11668 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11670 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11672 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11674 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11675 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11676 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11680 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11682 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11683 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11684 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11689 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11696 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11698 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11701 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11703 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11708 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11709 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11710 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11712 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11714 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11715 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11716 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11717 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11718 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11719 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11726 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11727 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11728 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11729 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11730 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11731 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11733 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11739 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11741 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11748 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11749 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11751 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11752 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11753 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11754 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11755 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11756 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11757 #if !defined(gregs)
11758 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11759 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11761 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11762 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11765 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11766 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11768 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11770 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11772 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11776 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11777 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11779 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11780 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11783 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11787 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11788 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11789 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11790 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11798 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11799 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11800 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11801 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11805 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11808 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11811 const void *fpregs
,
11814 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11815 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11816 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11820 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11823 const void *xfpregs
,
11826 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11827 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11828 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11832 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11833 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11836 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11837 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11839 note_name
= "LINUX";
11840 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11841 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11845 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11848 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11851 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11852 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11853 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11857 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11860 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11863 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11864 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11865 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11869 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11872 const void *ppc_tar
,
11875 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11876 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11877 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11881 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11884 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11887 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11888 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11889 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11893 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11896 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11899 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11900 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11901 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11905 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11908 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11911 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11912 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11913 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11917 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11920 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11923 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11924 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11925 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11929 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11932 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11935 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11936 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11937 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11941 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11944 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11947 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11948 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11949 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11953 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11956 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11959 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11960 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11961 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11965 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11968 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11971 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11972 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11973 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11977 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11980 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11983 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11984 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11985 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11989 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11992 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11995 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11996 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11997 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
12001 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
12004 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
12007 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12008 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12009 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
12013 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
12016 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
12019 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12020 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12021 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
12025 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
12028 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
12031 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12032 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12033 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
12034 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
12038 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
12041 const void *s390_timer
,
12044 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12045 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12046 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
12050 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
12053 const void *s390_todcmp
,
12056 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12057 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12058 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
12062 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
12065 const void *s390_todpreg
,
12068 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12069 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12070 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
12074 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
12077 const void *s390_ctrs
,
12080 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12081 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12082 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
12086 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
12089 const void *s390_prefix
,
12092 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12093 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12094 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
12098 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12101 const void *s390_last_break
,
12104 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12105 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12106 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
12107 s390_last_break
, size
);
12111 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
12114 const void *s390_system_call
,
12117 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12118 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12119 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
12120 s390_system_call
, size
);
12124 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
12127 const void *s390_tdb
,
12130 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12131 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12132 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
12136 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
12139 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
12142 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12143 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12144 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
12148 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
12151 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
12154 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12155 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12156 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
12157 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
12161 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
12164 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
12167 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12168 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12169 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
12174 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
12177 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
12180 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12181 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12182 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
12187 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
12190 const void *arm_vfp
,
12193 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12194 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12195 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
12199 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
12202 const void *aarch_tls
,
12205 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12206 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12207 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
12211 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12214 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
12217 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12218 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12219 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
12223 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
12226 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
12229 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12230 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12231 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
12235 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
12238 const void *aarch_sve
,
12241 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12242 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12243 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
12247 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
12250 const void *aarch_pauth
,
12253 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12254 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12255 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
12259 elfcore_write_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
,
12262 const void *aarch_mte
,
12265 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12266 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12267 note_name
, NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
,
12273 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
12276 const void *arc_v2
,
12279 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12281 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
12285 elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
,
12288 const void *loongarch_cpucfg
,
12291 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12292 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12293 note_name
, NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
,
12294 loongarch_cpucfg
, size
);
12298 elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
,
12301 const void *loongarch_lbt
,
12304 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12305 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12306 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LBT
, loongarch_lbt
, size
);
12310 elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
,
12313 const void *loongarch_lsx
,
12316 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12317 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12318 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LSX
, loongarch_lsx
, size
);
12322 elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
,
12325 const void *loongarch_lasx
,
12328 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12329 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12330 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LASX
, loongarch_lasx
, size
);
12333 /* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
12334 buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
12335 written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
12336 replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12339 elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
,
12345 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12346 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12347 note_name
, NT_RISCV_CSR
, csrs
, size
);
12350 /* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
12351 SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
12352 note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
12353 note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12356 elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
,
12362 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12363 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12364 note_name
, NT_GDB_TDESC
, tdesc
, size
);
12368 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
12371 const char *section
,
12375 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
12376 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12377 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
12378 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12379 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
12380 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12381 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
12382 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12383 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
12384 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12385 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
12386 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12387 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
12388 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12389 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
12390 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12391 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
12392 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12393 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
12394 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12395 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
12396 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12397 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
12398 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12399 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
12400 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12401 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
12402 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12403 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
12404 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12405 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
12406 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12407 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
12408 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12409 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
12410 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12411 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
12412 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12413 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12414 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12415 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12416 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12417 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12418 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12419 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12420 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12421 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12422 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12423 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12424 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12425 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12426 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12427 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12428 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12429 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12430 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12431 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12432 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12433 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12434 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12435 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12436 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12437 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12438 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12439 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12440 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12441 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12442 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12443 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12444 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12445 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12446 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12447 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12448 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12449 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-mte") == 0)
12450 return elfcore_write_aarch_mte (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12451 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12452 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12453 if (strcmp (section
, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
12454 return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12455 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
12456 return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12457 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg") == 0)
12458 return elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12459 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt") == 0)
12460 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12461 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx") == 0)
12462 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12463 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx") == 0)
12464 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12469 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12470 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12472 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12473 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12477 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12482 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12483 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12484 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12485 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12488 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12492 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12494 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12495 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12497 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12500 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12502 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12503 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12504 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12507 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12508 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12509 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12511 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12512 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12515 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12522 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12525 const char * string
;
12527 bool (*func
) (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12531 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12532 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12533 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12534 GROKER_ELEMENT ("OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12535 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12536 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12537 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
),
12538 GROKER_ELEMENT ("CORE", elfcore_grok_solaris_note
)
12540 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12543 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12545 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12546 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12547 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12549 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12558 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12560 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12563 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12564 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12566 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12572 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12579 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12584 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12587 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12590 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12594 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12595 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12598 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12608 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12610 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12611 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12612 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12615 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12617 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12619 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12623 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12626 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12627 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12628 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12629 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12631 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12632 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12635 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12639 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12645 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12646 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12647 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12648 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12653 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12654 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12655 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12656 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12658 return reloc_class_normal
;
12661 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12662 relocation against a local symbol. */
12665 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12666 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12668 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12670 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12671 bfd_vma relocation
;
12673 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12674 + sec
->output_offset
12676 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12677 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12678 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12681 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12682 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12683 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12686 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12687 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12688 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12689 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12690 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12691 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12692 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12695 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12696 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12702 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12707 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12709 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12710 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12712 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12713 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12714 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12717 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12718 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12719 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12720 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12724 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12725 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12729 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12731 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12732 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12734 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12735 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12738 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12740 /* Reverse the offset. */
12741 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12742 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12744 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12745 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12746 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12747 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12753 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12754 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12755 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12756 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12757 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12758 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12760 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12761 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12762 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12763 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12764 the remote memory. */
12767 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12770 bfd_size_type size
,
12771 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12772 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12774 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12775 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12779 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12780 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12781 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12786 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12789 const char *relplt_name
;
12790 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
12794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12800 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12803 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12806 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12809 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12810 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12811 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12812 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12813 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12816 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12817 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12818 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12821 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12825 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12826 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
12829 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12830 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12831 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12832 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12834 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12835 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12838 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12840 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12845 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12849 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12850 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12852 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12857 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12858 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12861 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12862 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12863 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12864 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12865 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12866 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12868 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12871 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12872 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12874 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12878 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12879 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12880 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12881 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12884 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12887 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12888 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12895 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12896 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12897 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12898 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12899 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12900 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12901 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12902 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12905 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12907 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12909 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12911 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12914 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12915 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12916 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12917 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12919 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12920 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12921 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12922 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12924 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12925 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12926 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12927 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12928 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12929 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12930 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12931 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12932 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12933 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12934 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12935 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12944 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12945 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12946 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12949 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12951 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12952 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12955 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12956 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12957 otherwise return zero. */
12960 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12963 bfd_size_type size
;
12964 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
12966 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12967 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12968 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12971 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12973 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
12974 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
12975 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
12976 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
12977 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
12978 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
12980 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
12981 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
12982 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
12985 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12986 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
12987 return size
? size
: 1;
12990 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12991 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12993 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12994 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12995 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12997 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
13000 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
13003 unsigned int shindex
)
13005 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
13006 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
13009 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13010 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
13012 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
13013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
13016 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
13019 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13021 asymbol
** symbols
,
13024 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13026 bool result
= true;
13027 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
13029 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13030 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13031 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
13034 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
13036 if (!elf_section_data (sec
)->has_secondary_relocs
)
13039 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13040 associated with SEC. */
13041 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
13045 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
13046 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
13047 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13048 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
13050 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
13051 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
13052 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
13053 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
13055 unsigned int entsize
;
13056 unsigned int symcount
;
13057 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13060 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
13063 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13064 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13065 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13067 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13069 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
13070 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
13076 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
13077 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
13079 free (native_relocs
);
13080 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
13085 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13086 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13088 free (native_relocs
);
13093 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
13094 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
13097 free (native_relocs
);
13098 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
13099 the memory for the bfd is released. */
13105 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
13107 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
13109 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
13110 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
13112 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
13115 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13117 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13118 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13119 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13120 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13122 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13123 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13124 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
13125 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
13126 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
13127 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
13129 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
13131 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
13133 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
13134 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
13135 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13136 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13138 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
13141 /* xgettext:c-format */
13142 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
13143 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
13144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13145 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13146 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13153 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
13154 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
13155 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
13156 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
13159 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
13161 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
13162 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
13164 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13165 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
13172 free (native_relocs
);
13173 /* Store the internal relocs. */
13174 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
13181 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
13184 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13185 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13186 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
13187 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
13191 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
13193 if (isection
== NULL
)
13196 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
13199 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
13203 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
13207 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
13208 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
13209 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
13210 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
13211 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
13212 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
13214 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
13216 /* xgettext:c-format */
13217 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
13219 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13223 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
13224 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
13225 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
13228 /* xgettext:c-format */
13229 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
13231 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13235 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
13237 if (isection
== NULL
13238 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
13239 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
13242 /* xgettext:c-format */
13243 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
13245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13249 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
13250 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
13251 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
13252 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
13253 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13254 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
13255 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
13256 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
13257 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
13263 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
13265 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
13266 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
13267 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
13268 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
13271 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
13273 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13274 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
13276 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
13277 bool result
= true;
13282 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13283 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13284 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
13287 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
13289 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13290 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13291 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
13293 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
13294 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
13296 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13297 associated with SEC. */
13298 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13300 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
13301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
13303 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
13304 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
13306 asymbol
* last_sym
;
13308 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13310 unsigned int entsize
;
13311 arelent
* src_irel
;
13312 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
13314 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
13317 /* xgettext:c-format */
13318 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
13320 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13325 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13329 /* xgettext:c-format */
13330 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
13332 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13336 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13337 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
13340 /* xgettext:c-format */
13341 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
13343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13348 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
13349 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
13352 /* xgettext:c-format */
13353 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
13355 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13360 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
13361 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
13364 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13365 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13366 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13370 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
13371 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
13372 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
13375 /* xgettext:c-format */
13376 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
13378 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13383 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
13385 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
13390 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
13394 /* xgettext:c-format */
13395 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
13396 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13402 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
13404 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
13409 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13411 if (sym
== last_sym
)
13415 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
13419 /* xgettext:c-format */
13420 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
13421 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13431 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
13432 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
13433 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
13436 /* xgettext:c-format */
13437 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
13438 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13445 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13446 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13449 /* xgettext:c-format */
13450 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13451 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13454 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13457 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13458 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13460 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13461 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13462 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13463 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);